blob: 85e5a8d6d444c22b03ed1c76b05f2a02a61c0fe6 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
205 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
206 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
207 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
208 /lib Architecture specific library files
209 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
210 /cpu CPU specific files
211 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
212 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
213 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
214 /lib Architecture specific library files
215 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
216 /cpu CPU specific files
217 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
218 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
219 /lib Architecture specific library files
220/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
221/board Board dependent files
222/common Misc architecture independent functions
223/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
224/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
225/drivers Commonly used device drivers
226/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
227/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
228/include Header Files
229/lib Files generic to all architectures
230 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
231 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
232 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
233/net Networking code
234/post Power On Self Test
235/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
236/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238Software Configuration:
239=======================
240
241Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
242rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
243
244There are two classes of configuration variables:
245
246* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
247 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
248 "CONFIG_".
249
250* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
251 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
252 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200253 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
256identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
257do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
258links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
259as an example here.
260
261
262Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
263---------------------------------------------------
264
265For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
266configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
267
268Example: For a TQM823L module type:
269
270 cd u-boot
271 make TQM823L_config
272
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200273For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000274e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
275directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
276
277
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
427 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
428
429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000432- Generic CPU options:
433 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
434
435 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
436 values is arch specific.
437
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100438- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200439 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440
441 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
442 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
443 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200445 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200446
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100447 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
448 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200449 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100450 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200451
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200452- MIPS CPU options:
453 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
454
455 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
456 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
457 relocation.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
460
461 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
462 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
463 Possible values are:
464 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
466 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
468 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
469 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
470 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
471 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
474
475 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
476 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
477
478 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
479
480 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
481 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
482 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
483
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000484- ARM options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
486
487 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
488 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
489
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000490 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
491
492 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
493 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
494 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
495 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
496 GCC.
497
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000498 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000499 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
500 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
501 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
502
503 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
504 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
505 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
506 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
507 set these options unless they apply!
508
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000509- CPU timer options:
510 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
511
512 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
513 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
514 option must be set to 1000.
515
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000516- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
518
519 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
520 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
521 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
522 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
523 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
524 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
525 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000526 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100527 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000528 default environment.
529
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000530 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
531
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200532 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000533 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
534 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
535
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400536 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200537
538 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400539 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
540 concepts).
541
542 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
543 * New libfdt-based support
544 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400546
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200547 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
548 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
549 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
550 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200551 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600552 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
555 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500556
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600557 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
558
559 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
560 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000561
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500562 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500565 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
566
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200567 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
568
569 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
570 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
571 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
572 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
573 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
574 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
575
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000576 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
577
578 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
579 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
580 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
581 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
582 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
583 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
584 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
585
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100586- vxWorks boot parameters:
587
588 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
589 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
590 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
591
592 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
594 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
595 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
596
597 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
598
599 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
600
601 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
602 the defaults discussed just above.
603
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000604- Cache Configuration:
605 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
606 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
607 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
608
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000609- Cache Configuration for ARM:
610 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
611 controller
612 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
613 controller register space
614
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000615- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200616 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
618 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
619
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200620 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000621
622 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
623
624 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
625
626 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
627 the clock speed of the UARTs.
628
629 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
630
631 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
632 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
633 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
634
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000635 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
636
637 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
638 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
639 this variable to initialize the extra register.
640
641 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
642
643 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
644 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
645 variable to flush the UART at init time.
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000648- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000649 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
650 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
651 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
652 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000653
654 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
655 port routines must be defined elsewhere
656 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
657
658 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
659 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000660 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
662 (default big endian)
663 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
664 rectangle fill
665 (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
667 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
669 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000670 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
671 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
673 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000674 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
676 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
677 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
679 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
680 (i.e. i8042_getc)
681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
682 (requires blink timer
683 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200684 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
686 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500687 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
689 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000690 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
691 linux_logo.h for logo.
692 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200694 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695 the logo
696
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000697 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
698 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
699 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
700
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000701 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
702 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
703 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000705 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
706 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
707 the "silent" environment variable. See
708 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710- Console Baudrate:
711 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
712 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200713 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
714 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100716- Console Rx buffer length
717 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
718 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100719 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100720 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
721 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
722 the SMC.
723
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000724- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200725 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
726 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
727 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
728 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
729 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
730 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
731 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200732 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000734
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200735 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
736 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000737
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000738- Safe printf() functions
739 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
740 the printf() functions. These are defined in
741 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
742 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
743 If this option is not given then these functions will
744 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
745 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
748 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
749 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000750 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
751 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
753 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
754 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
755 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
756 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
761 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
762 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
763 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
764 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
765
766- Autoboot Command:
767 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
768 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
769 define a command string that is automatically executed
770 when no character is read on the console interface
771 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
772
773 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000774 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
775 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
776 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
778 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000779 The value of these goes into the environment as
780 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
781 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200782 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
818 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 and augmenting with additional #define's
820 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 The default command configuration includes all commands
823 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
827 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
828 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
829 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
830 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
831 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
832 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
835 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
836 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
839 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
842 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
845 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600846 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600847 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
850 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000853 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
855 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
856 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200857 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
863 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
864 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
865 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200867 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
873 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
874 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200875 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
877 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
879 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200880 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000884 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
887 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
888 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
891 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200892 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600893 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000894 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
896 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
897 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
898 host
899 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000900 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
902 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
905 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
906 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
907 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
908 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
909 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700910 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400912 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800913 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200914 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000916 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
919 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000922 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200923 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000924
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
926 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
927 support you can write:
928
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500929 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
930 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400932 Other Commands:
933 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934
935 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000937 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
938 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
939 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
940 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
941 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
942 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944
945 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
946
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000947- Regular expression support:
948 CONFIG_REGEX
949 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
950 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
951 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
952 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
953
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000954- Device tree:
955 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
956 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
957 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
958 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
959 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
960 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
961
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000962 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
963 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000964
965 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
966 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
967 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
968 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
969 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
970 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000971
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000972 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
973 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
974 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
975 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
976
977 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
978
979 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
980 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
981 still use the individual files if you need something more
982 exotic.
983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984- Watchdog:
985 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
986 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000987 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
988 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
989 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
990 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
991 available, then no further board specific code should
992 be needed to use it.
993
994 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
995 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
996 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
997 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000998
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000999- U-Boot Version:
1000 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1001 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1002 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1003 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001004 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1005 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001006
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001007- Real-Time Clock:
1008
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001009 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1011 following options:
1012
1013 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1014 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001017 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001019 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001020 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001021 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001022 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001023 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001024 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1025 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001027 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1028 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1029
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001030- GPIO Support:
1031 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1032 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1033
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001034 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1035 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1036 pins supported by a particular chip.
1037
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001038 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1039 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041- Timestamp Support:
1042
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001043 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1044 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1045 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1049 Zero or more of the following:
1050 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1051 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1052 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1053 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1054 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1055 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1056 disk/part_efi.c
1057 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001059 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1060 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001061 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001062
1063- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001064 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1065 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001067 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1068 be performed by calling the function
1069 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1070 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071
1072- ATAPI Support:
1073 CONFIG_ATAPI
1074
1075 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1076
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001077- LBA48 Support
1078 CONFIG_LBA48
1079
1080 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001081 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001082 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1083 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001085 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001086 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1087 Default is 32bit.
1088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089- SCSI Support:
1090 At the moment only there is only support for the
1091 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1092 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001094 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1095 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1096 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1098 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001099 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001101 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1102 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001105 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001106 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1107
1108 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1109 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1110 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1111 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1112
1113 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1114 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1115 example with the "sspi" command.
1116
1117 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1118 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1119 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001120
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001121 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001122 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1125 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001126 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127 write routine for first time initialisation.
1128
1129 CONFIG_TULIP
1130 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1131 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1132 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1133
1134 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1135 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1136
1137 CONFIG_NS8382X
1138 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1139
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001140- NETWORK Support (other):
1141
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001142 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1143 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1144
1145 CONFIG_RMII
1146 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1147
1148 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1149 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1150 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1151
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001152 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1153 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1154
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001155 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001156 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1157
1158 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1159 Define this to hold the physical address
1160 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1161
1162 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1163 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1164
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001165 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001166 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1167
1168 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1169 Define this to hold the physical address
1170 of the device (I/O space)
1171
1172 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1173 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1174
1175 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1176 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1177 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1178
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001179 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1180 Support for davinci emac
1181
1182 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1183 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1184
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001185 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1186 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1187
1188 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1189 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1190 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1191 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1192 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1193 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1194 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1195 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1196
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1199
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001200 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001201 Define this to hold the physical address
1202 of the device (I/O space)
1203
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001204 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001205 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1206
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001207 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001208 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1209 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001210 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001211
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001212 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1213 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1214
1215 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1216 Define the number of ports to be used
1217
1218 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1219 Define the ETH PHY's address
1220
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001221 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1222 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1223
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001224- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001225 CONFIG_TPM
1226 Support TPM devices.
1227
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001228 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1229 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1230 per system is supported at this time.
1231
1232 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1233 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1234
1235 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1236 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1237
1238 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1239 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1240
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001241 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001242 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1243 per system is supported at this time.
1244
1245 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1246 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1247 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1248 0xfed40000.
1249
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001250- USB Support:
1251 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001252 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001253 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1254 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001255 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001256 storage devices.
1257 Note:
1258 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1259 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001260 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1261 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1262 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001263 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1264 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001265 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1266 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1267 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001268 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1269 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001270 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001271 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1272 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001273
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001274 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1275 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1276
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001277 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1278 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1279
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001280- USB Device:
1281 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1282 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1283 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001284 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001285 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1286 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001287 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001288 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1289 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1290 a Linux host by
1291 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1292 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1293 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1294 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001295
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001296 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1297 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001298
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001299 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1300 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1301 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001302
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301303 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1304 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1305 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1306 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1307 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1308 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1309 speed.
1310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001311 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001312 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1313 be set to usbtty.
1314
1315 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001316 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001317 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001318 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001320 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001321 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001322 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001323
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001324 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001325 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001326 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001327 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1328 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1329 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1330
1331 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1332 Define this string as the name of your company for
1333 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001334
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001335 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1336 Define this string as the name of your product
1337 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1338
1339 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1340 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1341 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1342 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1343 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001344
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001345 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1346 Define this as the unique Product ID
1347 for your device
1348 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001349
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001350- ULPI Layer Support:
1351 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1352 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1353 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1354 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1355 viewport is supported.
1356 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1357 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001358 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1359 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1360 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001361
1362- MMC Support:
1363 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1364 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1365 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1366 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001367 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1368 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001369
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001370 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1371 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1372
1373 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1374 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1375
1376 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1377 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1378
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001379- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1380 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1381 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1382
1383 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1384 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1385 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1386 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1387 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1388
1389 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1390 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1391
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001392 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1393 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1394
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001395 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1396 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1397 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1398 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1399 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1400
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001401 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1402 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1403 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1404 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1405 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1406 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1407
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001408- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1409 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1410 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1411 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001413 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1414 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001415 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1416
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001417 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001418 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1419 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1420
1421 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001422 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001423 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1424 have not defined a custom partition
1425
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001426- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1427 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001428
1429 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1430 file in FAT formatted partition.
1431
1432 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1433 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001434
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001435CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1436 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1437
1438 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1439 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1440 and cbfsload.
1441
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001442- Keyboard Support:
1443 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1444
1445 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1446 support
1447
1448 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1449 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1450 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1451 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1452 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1453
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001454 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1455 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1456 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1457 which provides key scans on request.
1458
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001459- Video support:
1460 CONFIG_VIDEO
1461
1462 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1463 video).
1464
1465 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1466
1467 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1468
1469 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001470 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001471 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1472 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1473 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001474
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001475 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001476 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001477 are possible:
1478 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001479 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001480
1481 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1482 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1483 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1484 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1485 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1486 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1487 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001488 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1489
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001490 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001491 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001492
1493
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001494 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001495 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001496 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1497 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1498
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001499 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001500 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001501 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1502 support, and should also define these other macros:
1503
1504 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1505 CONFIG_VIDEO
1506 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1507 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1508 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1509 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1510 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1511 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1512
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001513 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1514 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1515 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1516 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001517
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001518 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1519
1520 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1521 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1522 driver.
1523
1524
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001525- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001526 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001527
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001528 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1529 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1530 defined in your board-specific files.
1531 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001532
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001533- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1534
1535 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1536 display); also select one of the supported displays
1537 by defining one of these:
1538
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001539 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1540
1541 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1542
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001543 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001544
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001545 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001546
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001547 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001548
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001549 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1550 Active, color, single scan.
1551
1552 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1553
1554 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001555 Active, color, single scan.
1556
1557 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1558
1559 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1560 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1561
1562 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1563
1564 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1565 Active, color, single scan.
1566
1567 CONFIG_HLD1045
1568
1569 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1570 Active, color, single scan.
1571
1572 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1573
1574 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1575 or
1576 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1577 or
1578 Hitachi SP14Q002
1579
1580 320x240. Black & white.
1581
1582 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001583 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001584
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001585 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1586
1587 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1588 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1589 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1590 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1591 a per-section basis.
1592
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001593 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1594
1595 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1596 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1597 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1598 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001599
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001600 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1601
1602 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1603
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001604 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1605
1606 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1607 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1608
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001609- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001610
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001611 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1612 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1613 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001614 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001615 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1616 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1617 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1618 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001619
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001620 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1621
1622 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1623 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1624 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1625 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1626 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1627 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1628 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1629 there is no need to set this option.
1630
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001631 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1632
1633 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1634 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1635 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1636 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1637 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1638 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1639
1640 Example:
1641 setenv splashpos m,m
1642 => image at center of screen
1643
1644 setenv splashpos 30,20
1645 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1646
1647 setenv splashpos -10,m
1648 => vertically centered image
1649 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1650
Nikita Kiryanov581bb412013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001651 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1652
1653 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1654 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1655 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1656 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1657 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1658
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001659- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1660
1661 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1662 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1663 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1664
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001665- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1666
1667 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1668 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1669 bmp command.
1670
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001671- Do compresssing for memory range:
1672 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1673
1674 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1675 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1676
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001677- Compression support:
1678 CONFIG_BZIP2
1679
1680 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1681 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1682 compressed images are supported.
1683
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001684 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001685 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001686 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001687
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001688 CONFIG_LZMA
1689
1690 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1691 images is included.
1692
1693 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1694 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1695 formula:
1696
1697 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1698
1699 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1700 and Literal pos bits.
1701
1702 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1703 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1704 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1705 a very small buffer.
1706
1707 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1708 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001709 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001710
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001711- MII/PHY support:
1712 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1713
1714 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1715
1716 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1717
1718 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1719
1720 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1721
1722 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001723 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001724
1725 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1726
1727 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1728 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1729 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1730 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1731
1732 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1733
1734 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1735 command issued before MII status register can be read
1736
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001737- Ethernet address:
1738 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001739 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1741 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001742 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1743 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001744
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001745 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1746 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001747 is not determined automatically.
1748
1749- IP address:
1750 CONFIG_IPADDR
1751
1752 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001753 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001754 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001755 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756
1757- Server IP address:
1758 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1759
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001760 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001761 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001762 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001763
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001764 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1765
1766 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1767 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1768
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001769- Gateway IP address:
1770 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1771
1772 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1773 default router where packets to other networks are
1774 sent to.
1775 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1776
1777- Subnet mask:
1778 CONFIG_NETMASK
1779
1780 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1781 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1782 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1783 forwarded through a router.
1784 (Environment variable "netmask")
1785
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001786- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1787 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1788
1789 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1790 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001791 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001792 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1793 multicast group.
1794
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001795- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1796 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1797
1798 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1799 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1800 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1801 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1802 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1803 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1804 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1805 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001806 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001807
1808 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1809 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1810 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1811 4th and following
1812 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1813
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001814- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001815 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1816 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001817
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001818 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1819 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1820 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1821 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1822 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1823 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1824 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1825 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1826 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1827 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1828 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1829 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001830 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001831
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001832 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1833 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001834
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001835 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1836 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1837 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1838 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1839 is not available.
1840
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001841 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1842 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1843 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1844 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1845 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1846 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1847 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001848 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001849
1850 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1851 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1852 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001853 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001854 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1855 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001856
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001857 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1858
1859 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1860 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1861 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1862 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1863 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1864 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1865 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1866 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1867 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1868 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1869 this delay.
1870
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001871 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1872 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1873 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1874 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1875 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1876
1877 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1878
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001879 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001880 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001881
1882 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1883
1884 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1885
1886 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1887 of the device.
1888
1889 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1890
1891 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1892 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001893 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001894
1895 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1896
1897 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1898 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1899
1900 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1901
1902 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1903
1904 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1905
1906 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1907
1908 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1909
1910 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1911
1912 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1913
1914 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1915 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1916
1917 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1918
1919 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1920
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001921- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1922
1923 Several configurations allow to display the current
1924 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1925 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1926 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1927 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1928 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1929 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1930 feature in U-Boot.
1931
1932- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1933
1934 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1935 on those systems that support this (optional)
1936 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1937
1938- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1939
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001940 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001941 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001942 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001943
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001944 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001945 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001946 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1947 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001948 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001949
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001950 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001951
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001952 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001953 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1954 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001955
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001956 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001957 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001959 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001960 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001961 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001962 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001963
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001964 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001965 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001966 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1967 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1968 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001970 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1971
1972 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1973 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1974 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1975 commands until the slave device responds.
1976
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001977 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001978
1979 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1980 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1981 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
1983 I2C_INIT
1984
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001985 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001986 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001988 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001989
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990 I2C_PORT
1991
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001992 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1993 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1994 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001995
1996 I2C_ACTIVE
1997
1998 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1999 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2000 define can be null.
2001
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002002 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2003
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004 I2C_TRISTATE
2005
2006 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2007 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2008 define can be null.
2009
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002010 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012 I2C_READ
2013
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002014 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2015 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002016
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002017 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2018
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019 I2C_SDA(bit)
2020
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002021 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2022 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002023
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002024 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002025 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002026 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002028 I2C_SCL(bit)
2029
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002030 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2031 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002033 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002034 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002035 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002036
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002037 I2C_DELAY
2038
2039 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2040 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002041 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002042 like:
2043
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002044 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002045
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002046 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2047
2048 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2049 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2050 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2051 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2052
2053 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2054 the generic GPIO functions.
2055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002056 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002057
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002058 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2059 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2060 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2061 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2062 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2063 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2064 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2065 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002066
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002067 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2068
2069 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2070 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2071 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2072 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2073 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2074 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2075 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2076 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2077
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002078 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2079
2080 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2081 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2082 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2083
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002084 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2085
2086 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002087 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2088 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002089 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002091 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002092
2093 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002094 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002095 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2096 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002097
2098 e.g.
2099 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002100 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002101
2102 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2103
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002104 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002105 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002106
2107 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002109 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002110
2111 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2112 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2113
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002114 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002115
2116 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2117 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002119 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002120
2121 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2122 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2123
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002124 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002125
2126 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2127 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2128 specified DTT device.
2129
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002130 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2131
2132 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002133 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002134
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002135 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2136
2137 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2138 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2139 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2140 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2141 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2142 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2143
2144 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2145 feature!
2146
2147 Example:
2148 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2149 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2150 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2151
2152 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2153
2154 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2155 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2156
2157 => i2c bus
2158 Busses reached over muxes:
2159 Bus ID: 2
2160 reached over Mux(es):
2161 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2162 Bus ID: 3
2163 reached over Mux(es):
2164 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2165 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2166 =>
2167
2168 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002169 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2170 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002171 the channel 4.
2172
2173 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002174 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002175 the 2 muxes.
2176
2177 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2178 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2179 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2180 to add this option to other architectures.
2181
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002182 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2183
2184 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2185 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2186 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2187 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2188 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2189 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2190 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002191
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002192- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2193
2194 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2195 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2196 D/As on the SACSng board)
2197
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002198 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2199
2200 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2201 only SH7757 is supported.
2202
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002203 CONFIG_SPI_X
2204
2205 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2206 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2207
2208 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2209
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002210 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2211 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2212 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2213 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2214 defined, the board configuration must define several
2215 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2216 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002217
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002218 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2219
2220 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2221 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2222 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002223 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002224 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2225
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002226 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2227
2228 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002229 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002230
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002231- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2232
2233 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2234
2235 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2236
2237 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2238 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2239
2240 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2241
2242 Enables support for FPGA family.
2243 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2244
2245 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002246
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002247 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002249 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002250
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002251 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002253 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002255 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2256 status by the configuration function. This option
2257 will require a board or device specific function to
2258 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002259
2260 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2261
2262 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2263 configuration driver.
2264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002265 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002266 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002268 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002270 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2271 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2272 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2273 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002275 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002276
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002277 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2278 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2279 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002280 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002282 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002283
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002284 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002285 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002287 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002289 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002290 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002291
2292- Configuration Management:
2293 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2294
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002295 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2296 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002297
2298- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2299
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002300 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2301 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002302 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002303 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2304 protects these variables from casual modification by
2305 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2306 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002307 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002308
2309 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2310 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002311 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002312 these parameters.
2313
2314 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2315 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002316 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002317 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2318 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2319 read-only.]
2320
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002321 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2322 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2323 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2324 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2325
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002326- Protected RAM:
2327 CONFIG_PRAM
2328
2329 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2330 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2331 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2332 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2333 this default value by defining an environment
2334 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2335 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2336 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2337 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2338 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2339 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2340 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2341
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002342 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343 saveenv
2344
2345 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2346 either, which results in a memory region that will
2347 not be affected by reboots.
2348
2349 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2350 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2351 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2352 following board configurations are known to be
2353 "pRAM-clean":
2354
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002355 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2356 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002357 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002359- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2360 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2361 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2362 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2363 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2364 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2365 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2366
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002367- Error Recovery:
2368 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2369
2370 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2371 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2372 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002373 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002374 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2375 useful during development since you can try to debug
2376 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2377
2378 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2379
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002380 This variable defines the number of retries for
2381 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2382 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2383 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002384
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002385 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2386
2387 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2388
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002389 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2390
2391 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2392 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2393 try longer timeout such as
2394 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2395
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002396- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002397 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002398
2399 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2400
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002401 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2402 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002403
2404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002405 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002406
2407 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2408 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2409 powerful command line syntax like
2410 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2411 constructs ("shell scripts").
2412
2413 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2414 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2415
2416
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002417 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002418
2419 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2420 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2421 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2422
2423 Note:
2424
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002425 In the current implementation, the local variables
2426 space and global environment variables space are
2427 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2428 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2429 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2430 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2431 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002432
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002433 Global environment variables are those you use
2434 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2435 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2436 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002437
2438 To store commands and special characters in a
2439 variable, please use double quotation marks
2440 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2441 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2442 symbols.
2443
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002444- Commandline Editing and History:
2445 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2446
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002447 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002448 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002449
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002450- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002451 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2452
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002453 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2454 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002455 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002456
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002457 For example, place something like this in your
2458 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459
2460 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2461 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2462 "myvar2=value2\0"
2463
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002464 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2465 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2466 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2467 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002468 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002469 You better know what you are doing here.
2470
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002471 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2472 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002473 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002474 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002475
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002476 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2477
2478 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2479 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2480 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2481
2482 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2483
2484 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2485 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2486 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2487 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2488 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2489
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002490 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2491
2492 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2493 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2494 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2495
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002496 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2497
2498 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2499 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2500 that so that the environment is not available until
2501 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2502 this is instead controlled by the value of
2503 /config/load-environment.
2504
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002505- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002506 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2507
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002508 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2509 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2510 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002511
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002512- Serial Flash support
2513 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2514
2515 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2516 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2517
2518 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2519 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2520 commands.
2521
2522 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2523 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2524 flash is present on the system.
2525
2526 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2527 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2528 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2529 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2530
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002531 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2532
2533 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2534 test ('sf test').
2535
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302536 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2537
2538 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2539 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2540
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002541- SystemACE Support:
2542 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2543
2544 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2545 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002546 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002547 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002548
2549 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002550 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002551
2552 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2553 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2554
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002555- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2556 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2557
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002558 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002559 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002560 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002561 number generator is used.
2562
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002563 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2564 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2565 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2566
2567 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002568 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2569 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2570 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2571 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2572 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2573 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2574
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002575- Hashing support:
2576 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2577
2578 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2579 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2580
2581 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2582
2583 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2584 size a little.
2585
2586 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2587 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2588
2589 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2590 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2591
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002592- Signing support:
2593 CONFIG_RSA
2594
2595 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2596 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2597
2598 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2599 option.
2600
2601
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002602- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2604
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002605 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2606 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2607 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2608 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2609 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2610 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002611
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002612- Detailed boot stage timing
2613 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2614 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2615 of the boot process.
2616
2617 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2618 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2619 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2620 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2621 the limit, recording will stop.
2622
2623 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2624 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2625
2626 Timer summary in microseconds:
2627 Mark Elapsed Stage
2628 0 0 reset
2629 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2630 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2631 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2632 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2633 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2634 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2635 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2636
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002637 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2638 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2639 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2640
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002641 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2642 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2643 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2644 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2645 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2646 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2647 For example:
2648
2649 bootstage {
2650 154 {
2651 name = "board_init_f";
2652 mark = <3575678>;
2653 };
2654 170 {
2655 name = "lcd";
2656 accum = <33482>;
2657 };
2658 };
2659
2660 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2661
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002662Legacy uImage format:
2663
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002664 Arg Where When
2665 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002666 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002668 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002669 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002670 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002671 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2672 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2673 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002674 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2676 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2677 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2678 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002679 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002680 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002681
2682 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2683 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2684 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2685 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2686 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2687 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2688 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002689 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002690 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2691 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2692
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002693 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002695 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002696 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2697 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002698
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002699 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2700 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2701 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2702 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2703 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2704 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2705 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2706 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2707 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2708 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2709 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2710 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2711 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2712 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2713 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2714 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2715 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2716 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2717 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2718 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2719 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2720 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2721 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2722 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2723 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2724 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2725 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2726 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2727 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2728 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2729 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2730 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2731 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2732 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2733 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2734 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2735 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2736 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2737 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2738 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2739 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2740 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2741 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2742 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2743 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2744 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2745 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002746
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002747 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002748
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002749 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002750 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2751 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002752
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002753 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2754 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002755 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002756 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2757 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2758 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002759 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2760 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002761 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002763FIT uImage format:
2764
2765 Arg Where When
2766 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2767 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2768 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2769 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2770 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2771 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002772 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002773 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2774 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2775 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2776 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2777 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002778 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2779 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002780 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2781 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2782 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2783 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2784 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2785 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2786 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2787 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2788
2789 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2790 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2791 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002792 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002793 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2794 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2795 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2796 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2797 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2798 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2799 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2800 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2801 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2802 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2803 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2804 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2805
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002806 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002807 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2808
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002809 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002810 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2811
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002812 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002813 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2814
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002815- FIT image support:
2816 CONFIG_FIT
2817 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2818
2819 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2820 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2821 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2822 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2823 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2824 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2825
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002826 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2827 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2828 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2829 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2830
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002831- Standalone program support:
2832 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2833
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002834 This option defines a board specific value for the
2835 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2836 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002837 settings.
2838
2839- Frame Buffer Address:
2840 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2841
2842 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002843 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2844 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2845 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2846 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2847 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2848 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2849 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002850
2851 Please see board_init_f function.
2852
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002853- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2854 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2855 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2856 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2857
2858 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2859 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2860
2861- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2862 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2863
2864 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2865 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2866
2867 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2868
2869 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2870 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2871
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002872- UBI support
2873 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2874
2875 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2876 with the UBI flash translation layer
2877
2878 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2879
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002880 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2881
2882 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2883 warnings and errors enabled.
2884
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002885- UBIFS support
2886 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2887
2888 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2889 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2890
2891 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2892
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002893 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2894
2895 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2896 warnings and errors enabled.
2897
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002898- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002899 CONFIG_SPL
2900 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002901
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002902 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2903 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2904
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002905 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2906 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2907 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2908 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002909 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002910 must not be both defined at the same time.
2911
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002912 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002913 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2914 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2915 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2916 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002917
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002918 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2919 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002920
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002921 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2922 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2923 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2924
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002925 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2926 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2927
2928 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002929 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2930 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2931 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002932 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002933 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002934
2935 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2936 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2937
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002938 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2939 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2940 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2941 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2942
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002943 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2944 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2945
2946 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2947 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002948
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002949 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2950 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2951 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2952 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2953
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002954 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2955 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2956 about the running system.
2957
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002958 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2959 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2960
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002961 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2962 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002963
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002964 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2965 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002966
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002967 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2968 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002969
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002970 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2971 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002972
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002973 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2974 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002975
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002976 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2977 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2978 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2979 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2980 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2981
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002982 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2983 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2984 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2985
2986 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2987 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2988 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2989 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2990 (for falcon mode)
2991
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002992 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2993 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2994
2995 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2996 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2997
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002998 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
2999 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3000 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3001
3002 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3003 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3004 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3005
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003006 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3007 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3008 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3009 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3010 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3011
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003012 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3013 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3014 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3015
3016 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3017 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3018
3019 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3020 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3021
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003022 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003023 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3024 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003025
3026 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3027 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3028 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3029 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3030 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3031 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003032 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003033
3034 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003035 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3036
3037 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3038 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3039
3040 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3041 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003042
3043 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003044 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003045
3046 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3047 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3048 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3049
3050 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3051 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3052 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3053
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003054 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3055 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003056
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003057 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3058 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003059
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003060 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3061 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003062
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003063 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3064 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3065
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003066 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3067 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003068
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003069 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3070 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3071
3072 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3073 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3074 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3075 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3076
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003077 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003078 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3079 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3080 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3081 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3082 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003083
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003084 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3085 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3086 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3087 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3088
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003089 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3090 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3091 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3092 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3093 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3094
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003095Modem Support:
3096--------------
3097
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003098[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003099
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003100- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003101 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3102
3103- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3104 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3105
3106- Modem debug support:
3107 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3108
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003109 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3110 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003111
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003112- Interrupt support (PPC):
3113
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003114 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3115 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003116 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003117 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003118 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003119 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003120 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003121 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3122 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3123 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125- General:
3126
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003127 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3128 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3129 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003130 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003131 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3132 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3133 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003134
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003135 If there are no modem init strings in the
3136 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3137 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003138 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139
3140 See also: doc/README.Modem
3141
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003142Board initialization settings:
3143------------------------------
3144
3145During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3146to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3147before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3148following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3149architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3150typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3151
3152- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3153- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3154- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3155- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003157Configuration Settings:
3158-----------------------
3159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003160- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003161 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3162
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003163- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3164 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3165
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003166- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003167 prompt for user input.
3168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003169- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003171- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003173- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003175- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003176 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3177 booted
3178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003179- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003180 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003182- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003183 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003185- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003186 If the board specific function
3187 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3188 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003189 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003191- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003192 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003194- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003197- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003198 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3199 simple memory test.
3200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003201- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003202 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003204- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003205 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3206 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3207
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003208- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3209 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003210 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003211 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003212 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3213 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3214 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003215 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003216 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003217 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003218
3219 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3220 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3221 be touched.
3222
3223 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3224 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3225 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3226 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3227 problems.
3228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003229- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003230 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003232- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003235- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3237 Cogent motherboard)
3238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003239- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003240 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003242- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3244 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003245 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003246 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003248- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003249 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3250 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3251 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3252 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003254- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003255 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003257- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003258 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3259 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003260 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003261 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003263- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003264 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3265 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003266 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3267 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3268 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3269 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003270 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003271 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3272 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3273 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003274
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003275- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3276 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3277 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3278 is enabled.
3279
3280- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3281 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3282 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3283
3284- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3285 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3286 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003288- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003289 Max number of Flash memory banks
3290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003291- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003294- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003295 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003297- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003298 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3299
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003300- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003301 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003303- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003304 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003306- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003307 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3308 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003310- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003311
3312 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3313 without this option such a download has to be
3314 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3315 copy from RAM to flash.
3316
3317 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3318 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003319 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3320 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003321 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3322
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003323- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003324 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003325 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003327- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003328 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3329 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003330
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003331- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3332 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3333 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3334 to the MTD layer.
3335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003336- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003337 Use buffered writes to flash.
3338
3339- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3340 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3341 write commands.
3342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003343- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003344 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3345 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3346 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3347 optionally available.
3348
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003349- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3350 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3351 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3352 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3353
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003354- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3355 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3356 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3357 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3358 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3359 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3360 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3361 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3362
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003363- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003364 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3365 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003366 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3367 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003368 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003369 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3370
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003371- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3372
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003373 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3374 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3375 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3376 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3377 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003378
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003379- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3380- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3381 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3382 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3383 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3384 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3385
3386 The format of the list is:
3387 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003388 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3389 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003390 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3391 list = entry[,list]
3392
3393 The type attributes are:
3394 s - String (default)
3395 d - Decimal
3396 x - Hexadecimal
3397 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3398 i - IP address
3399 m - MAC address
3400
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003401 The access attributes are:
3402 a - Any (default)
3403 r - Read-only
3404 o - Write-once
3405 c - Change-default
3406
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003407 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3408 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3409 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3410
3411 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3412 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3413 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3414 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3415 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3416 ".flags" variable.
3417
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003418- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3419 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3420 access flags.
3421
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003422- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3423 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3424 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3425 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3426 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3427 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3428 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3429 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3430 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3431
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003432- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3433 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3434 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3435 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3436 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3437
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003438- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3439 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3440 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3441 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003442
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003443The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3444of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3445following configurations:
3446
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003447- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3448
3449 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3450 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3451
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003452- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003453
3454 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3455
3456 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3457 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3458 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3459 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3460 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3461 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3462 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3463 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3464 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3465 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3466 between U-Boot and the environment.
3467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003468 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003469
3470 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3471 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3472 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3473 for this sector is given here.
3474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003475 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003477 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003478
3479 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3480 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003481 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003483 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003484
3485 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3486
3487
3488 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3489 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3490 the environment.
3491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003492 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003494 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003495 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3497 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3498
3499 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3500 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3501 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3502 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3503 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3504 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3505 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3506 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3507 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003509 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3510 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003512 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003513 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003514 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003515 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
3517BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3518source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3519accordingly!
3520
3521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003522- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003523
3524 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3525 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3526 environment.
3527
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003528 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3529 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003531 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003532 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3533 can just be read and written to, without any special
3534 provision.
3535
3536BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3537in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003538console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539U-Boot will hang.
3540
3541Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3542environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3543keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3544to save the current settings.
3545
3546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003547- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548
3549 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3550 device and a driver for it.
3551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003552 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3553 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554
3555 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3556 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003558 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3560 The default address is zero.
3561
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003562 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003563 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3564 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3565 would require six bits.
3566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003568 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003569 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003571 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003572 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3573 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003575 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003576 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3577 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3578 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3579 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3580 byte chips.
3581
3582 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3583 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3584 in the chip address.
3585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003586 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3588
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003589 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3590 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3591 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3592
3593 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3594 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3595 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3596 EEPROM. For example:
3597
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003598 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003599
3600 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3601 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003603- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003604
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003605 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003606 want to use for the environment.
3607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003608 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3609 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3610 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003611
3612 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3613 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3614 at the specified address.
3615
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003616- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3617
3618 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3619 want to use for the local device's environment.
3620
3621 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3622 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3623
3624 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3625 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3626 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003627 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003628
3629BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3630"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003631environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3632but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003634- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003635
3636 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3637 for the environment.
3638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003639 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3640 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003641
3642 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003643 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3644 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003645
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003646 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003648 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003649 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3650 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003651 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003652 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003653
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003654 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3655
3656 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3657 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3658 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3659 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3660 the range to be avoided.
3661
3662 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3663
3664 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3665 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3666 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3667 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3668 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003669
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003670- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3671
3672 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3673 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3674 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3675
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003676- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3677
3678 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3679 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3680 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3681
3682 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3683
3684 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3685
3686 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3687
3688 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3689 environment in.
3690
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003691 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3692
3693 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3694 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3695 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3696
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003697 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3698 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3699
3700 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3701 when storing the env in UBI.
3702
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003703- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3704
3705 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3706 environment.
3707
3708 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3709
3710 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3711
3712 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3713
3714 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3715 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3716 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3717
3718 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3719 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3720
3721 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3722 area within the specified MMC device.
3723
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003724 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3725 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3726 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3727 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3728 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3729 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3730 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3731
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003732 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3733 MMC sector boundary.
3734
3735 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3736
3737 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3738 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3739 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3740 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3741
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003742 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3743 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3744
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003745 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3746 an MMC sector boundary.
3747
3748 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3749
3750 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3751 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3752 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003754- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003755
3756 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3757 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3758 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3759 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3760 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3761 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3762 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3763
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003764Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003766created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767until then to read environment variables.
3768
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003769The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3770is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3771with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3772necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3773"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3774have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775
3776Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3777the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003778use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003780- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003781 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003782
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003783 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003784 also needs to be defined.
3785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003786- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003787 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003789- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3790 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3791 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3792 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3793 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3794 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3795
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003796- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3797 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3798 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3799 to do this.
3800
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003801- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3802 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3803 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3804 present.
3805
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003807---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003809- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003812- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003814
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003815 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3816 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3817 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003819- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3820 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3821 PowerPC SOCs.
3822
3823- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3824 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3825 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3826
3827 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3828 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3829
3830- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3831 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3832 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003833 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003834 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3835 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3836 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3837
3838 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3839 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3840
3841- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003842 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3843 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003844 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3845 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3846
3847- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3848 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3849 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3850 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3851
3852- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3853 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3854 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3855
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003856- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003857 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003858
3859 the default drive number (default value 0)
3860
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003861 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003862
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003863 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003864 (default value 1)
3865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003866 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003867
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003868 defines the offset of register from address. It
3869 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003870 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3873 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003874 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003876 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003877 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3878 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3879 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3880 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003881
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003882- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3883 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3884 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3885 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3886 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3887 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3888 is requierd.
3889
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003890- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003891 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003892 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003894- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003896 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003897 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3898 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3899 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3900 will become available only after programming the
3901 memory controller and running certain initialization
3902 sequences.
3903
3904 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3905 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3906 - MPC824X: data cache
3907 - PPC4xx: data cache
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003909- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
3911 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003912 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3913 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003915 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3917 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3918 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
3920 Note:
3921 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3922 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003923 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003924 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3925 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003929- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003931- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003935- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003937- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003939- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940 SDRAM timing
3941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003942- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943 periodic timer for refresh
3944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003945- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003947- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3948 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3949 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3950 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3952
3953- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003954 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3955 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003958- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3959 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003960 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3961 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003963- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3965 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003968 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3969 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003971- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3973 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003975- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3977 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3978 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3979
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003980- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003981 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3982 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3983 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3984 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003985
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003986- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3987 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3988 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3989 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3990 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3991 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3992 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3993 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003994 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003995
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003996- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3997 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3998 required.
3999
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004000- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4001 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4002 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4003 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4004 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4005 by coreboot or similar.
4006
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004007- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4008 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4009
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004010- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4011 Chip has SRIO or not
4012
4013- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4014 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4015
4016- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4017 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4018
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004019- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4020 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4021
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004022- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4023 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4024
4025- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4026 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4027
4028- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4029 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4030
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004031- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4032 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4033 a 16 bit bus.
4034 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004035 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004036 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004037 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004038
4039- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4040 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4041 a default value will be used.
4042
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004043- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004044 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4045 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4046
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004047 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4048 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004050- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004051 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4052 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4053 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004054
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004055- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4056 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4057 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4058 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4059 header files or board specific files.
4060
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004061- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4062 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004064- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004065 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4066 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004067
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004068- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4069 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4070
4071- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4072 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004073 to the given FEC; i. e.
4074 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004075 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4076
4077 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4078
4079- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4080 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4081 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4082
4083- CONFIG_RMII
4084 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4085 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4086 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4087
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004088- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4089 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4090 The syntax is:
4091
4092 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4093
4094 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4095 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4096 area should have.
4097
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004098- CONFIG_LOOPW
4099 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004100 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004101
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004102- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4103 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4104 "md/mw" commands.
4105 Examples:
4106
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004107 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004108 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4109
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004110 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004111 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4112
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004113 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004114 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004115
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004116- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004117 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004118 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4119 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4120 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004121
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004122 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4123 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4124 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4125 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004126
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004127- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004128 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4129 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4130 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004131
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004132- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4133 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4134 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4135 previous 4k of the .text section.
4136
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004137- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4138 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4139 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4140 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4141 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4142 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4143 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4144 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4145
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004146- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4147 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4148 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4149 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4150 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4151
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004152- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4153 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4154 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004155
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004156- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4157 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4158
4159 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004160
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004161Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4162-----------------------------------
4163
4164The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4165loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4166This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4167are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4168within that device.
4169
4170- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4171 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4172 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4173 is also specified.
4174
4175- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4176 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4177 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4178 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4179 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4180
4181- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4182 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4183 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4184 virtual address in NOR flash.
4185
4186- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4187 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4188 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4189
4190- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4191 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4192 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4193
4194- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4195 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4196 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4197
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004198- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4199 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4200 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004201 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4202 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4203 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004204
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205Building the Software:
4206======================
4207
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004208Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4209and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4210all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4211(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4212recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4213which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004215If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4216have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4217you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4218Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4219necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004221 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4222 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004224Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4225 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4226 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4227 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4228
4229 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4230
4231 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4232 be executed on computers running Windows.
4233
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004234U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4235sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004236is done by typing:
4237
4238 make NAME_config
4239
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004240where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004241rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4244 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4245 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4246 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004247 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004249 make TQM823L_config
4250 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4253 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004258Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4259images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4262- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4263- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004265By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4266in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4267this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4268
42691. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4270
4271 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4272 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4273 make O=/tmp/build all
4274
42752. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4276
4277 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4278 make distclean
4279 make NAME_config
4280 make all
4281
4282Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4283variable.
4284
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4287for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4288native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4292to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4293steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042951. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004296 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4297 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042982. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4299 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4300 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
43013. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4302 your board
43033. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4304 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
43054. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
43065. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4307 to be installed on your target system.
43086. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4309 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004312Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4313==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004315If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4316or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004317provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4318the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004319official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004321But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4322cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004323the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4324just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004325for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4326select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4327environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4328you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004335
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004336When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4337U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4338setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4339built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4340<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4341location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4342variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004343
4344 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4345 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4346 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4347
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004348With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4349log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4350during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004351
4352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356Monitor Commands - Overview:
4357============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359go - start application at address 'addr'
4360run - run commands in an environment variable
4361bootm - boot application image from memory
4362bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004363bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4365 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4366 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004367tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4369diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4370loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4371loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4372md - memory display
4373mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4374nm - memory modify (constant address)
4375mw - memory write (fill)
4376cp - memory copy
4377cmp - memory compare
4378crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004379i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380sspi - SPI utility commands
4381base - print or set address offset
4382printenv- print environment variables
4383setenv - set environment variables
4384saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4385protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4386erase - erase FLASH memory
4387flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004388nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004389bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4390iminfo - print header information for application image
4391coninfo - print console devices and informations
4392ide - IDE sub-system
4393loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004394loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395mtest - simple RAM test
4396icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4397dcache - enable or disable data cache
4398reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4399echo - echo args to console
4400version - print monitor version
4401help - print online help
4402? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004403
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004405Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4406========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004410For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004411
4412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413Environment Variables:
4414======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4417can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004419Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4420"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4421without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4422environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4423working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4424environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004426Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4427
4428List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004432 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004440 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4441 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4442 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4443 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4444 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4445 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004446 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4447 bootm_mapsize.
4448
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004449 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004450 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4451 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4452 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4453 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4454 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4455 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004456
4457 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4458 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4459 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4460 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4461 environment variable.
4462
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004463 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4464 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4465 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4468 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4469 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4470 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004472 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4473 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4474 be automatically started (by internally calling
4475 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004477 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4478 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4479 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4480 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4481 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004483 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4484 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004485 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4486 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4487 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4488 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4489 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4490 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4491 access it during the boot procedure.
4492
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004493 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4494 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4495 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4496 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4497 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4498 must be accessible by the kernel.
4499
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004500 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4501 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4502 defined.
4503
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004504 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4505 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4506 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4507 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4508 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4511 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4512 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4513 is usually what you want since it allows for
4514 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4515 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004516 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004517 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4518 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4519 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4520 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4523 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4524 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4525 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4526 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4527 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004531 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4532 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4533 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4534 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4535 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4536 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4537 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4542 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004552 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004554 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004556 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4557 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004559 => setenv ethact FEC
4560 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4561 => setenv ethact SCC
4562 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004564 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4565 available network interfaces.
4566 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4567
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004568 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4570 When set to "once" the network operation will
4571 fail when all the available network interfaces
4572 are tried once without success.
4573 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4574 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004576 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004577
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004578 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004579 UDP source port.
4580
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004581 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4582 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4583
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004584 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4585 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4586
4587 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4588 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4589 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4590 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4591 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4592 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4593 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4594
4595 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004596 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004598
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004599The following image location variables contain the location of images
4600used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4601not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4602variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4603server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4604loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4605flash or offset in NAND flash.
4606
4607*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4608boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4609boards use these variables for other purposes.
4610
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004611Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4612----- --------- ----------- --------------
4613u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4614Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4615device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4616ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004618The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4619updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4620depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622 bootfile - see above
4623 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4624 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4625 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4626 hostname - Target hostname
4627 ipaddr - see above
4628 netmask - Subnet Mask
4629 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4630 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004631
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4636 as type string and/or serial number
4637 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4640the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4641once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
4643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4647 with the "version" command. This variable is
4648 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4652only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004654
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004655Callback functions for environment variables:
4656---------------------------------------------
4657
4658For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4659when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4660be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4661deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4662effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4663
4664The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4665U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4666
4667These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4668static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4669in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4670associations. The list must be in the following format:
4671
4672 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4673 list = entry[,list]
4674
4675If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4676Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4677
4678Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4679with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4680override any association in the static list. You can define
4681CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4682".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4683
4684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685Command Line Parsing:
4686=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4689the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691Old, simple command line parser:
4692--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004694- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4695- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004696- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004697- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4698 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004699 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4701 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703Hush shell:
4704-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4707 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4708 until...do...done, ...
4709- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4710 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4711 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4712 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714General rules:
4715--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4718 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4719 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4720 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004723 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4725 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4728=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004729
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004730Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4732"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4735MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4736"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4739in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4740ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4741variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4744 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4747 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4748 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4751 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4754 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4755 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004757o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4758 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004760If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004761will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004762may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4763The naming convention is as follows:
4764"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766Image Formats:
4767==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004769U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4770images in two formats:
4771
4772New uImage format (FIT)
4773-----------------------
4774
4775Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4776to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4777components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4778SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4779
4780
4781Old uImage format
4782-----------------
4783
4784Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4785preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4786details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4789 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004790 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4791 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4792 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004793* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004794 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4795 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4797* Load Address
4798* Entry Point
4799* Image Name
4800* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4803and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4804CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807Linux Support:
4808==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4811easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4812U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004814U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4815special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4816"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4817instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4818serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4821 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4822 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4825 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4828 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4829 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4830 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4831 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4832 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835Linux HOWTO:
4836============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4839---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004841U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4842configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4843(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4844Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004846But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004848Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4849include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004850Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4851and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004852as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855Configuring the Linux kernel:
4856-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4859device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862Building a Linux Image:
4863-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4866not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4867"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4868U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4869which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4870100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874 make TQM850L_config
4875 make oldconfig
4876 make dep
4877 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4880encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4881CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004885* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4888 -R .note -R .comment \
4889 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004895* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4898 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4899 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004900
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4903with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4904combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4905byte header containing information about target architecture,
4906operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4907stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004909"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4910print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004912In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4913contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4914checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916 tools/mkimage -l image
4917 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4920from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4923 -n name -d data_file image
4924 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4925 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4926 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4927 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4928 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4929 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4930 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4931 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004932
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004933Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4934address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4935kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4938- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4943 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004944 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4946 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4947 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4948 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4949 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4950 Load Address: 0x00000000
4951 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004953To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4956 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4957 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4958 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4959 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4960 Load Address: 0x00000000
4961 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4964speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4965needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4966need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004968 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4970 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004971 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4973 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4974 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4975 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4976 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4977 Load Address: 0x00000000
4978 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004981Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4982when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4985 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4986 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4987 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4988 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4989 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4990 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4991 Load Address: 0x00000000
4992 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004993
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995Installing a Linux Image:
4996-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4999you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5004image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5005address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5006specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5007command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5010TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014 .......... done
5015 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017 => loads 40100000
5018 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5019 ~>examples/image.srec
5020 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5021 ...
5022 15989 15990 15991 15992
5023 [file transfer complete]
5024 [connected]
5025 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
5027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005029this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005030corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5035 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5036 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5037 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5038 Load Address: 00000000
5039 Entry Point: 0000000c
5040 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
5042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043Boot Linux:
5044-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5047memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5048of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5049parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5050"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
5052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053 => printenv bootargs
5054 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058 => printenv bootargs
5059 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061 => bootm 40020000
5062 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5063 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5064 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5065 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5066 Load Address: 00000000
5067 Entry Point: 0000000c
5068 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5069 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5070 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5071 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5072 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5073 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5074 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5075 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005077If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5079format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5084 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5085 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5086 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5087 Load Address: 00000000
5088 Entry Point: 0000000c
5089 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5092 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5093 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5094 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5095 Load Address: 00000000
5096 Entry Point: 00000000
5097 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5100 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5101 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5102 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5103 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5104 Load Address: 00000000
5105 Entry Point: 0000000c
5106 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5107 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5108 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5109 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5110 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5111 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5112 Load Address: 00000000
5113 Entry Point: 00000000
5114 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5115 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5116 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5117 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5118 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5119 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5120 ...
5121 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5122 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005126Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5127-----------
5128
5129First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5130titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5131following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5132flat device tree:
5133
5134=> print oftaddr
5135oftaddr=0x300000
5136=> print oft
5137oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5138=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5139Speed: 1000, full duplex
5140Using TSEC0 device
5141TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5142Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5143Load address: 0x300000
5144Loading: #
5145done
5146Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5147=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5148Speed: 1000, full duplex
5149Using TSEC0 device
5150TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5151Filename 'uImage'.
5152Load address: 0x200000
5153Loading:############
5154done
5155Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5156=> print loadaddr
5157loadaddr=200000
5158=> print oftaddr
5159oftaddr=0x300000
5160=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5161## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005162 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5163 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5164 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005165 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005166 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005167 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5168 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5169Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5170Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5171Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5172[snip]
5173
5174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175More About U-Boot Image Types:
5176------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5181 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5182 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5183 the Standalone Program.
5184 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5185 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5186 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5187 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5188 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5189 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5190 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5191 being started.
5192 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5193 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5194 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5195 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5196 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5197 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5200 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5201 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5202 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5203 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5204 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5207 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5208 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5211 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5212 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5213 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005214
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005215Booting the Linux zImage:
5216-------------------------
5217
5218On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5219using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5220as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5221
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005222Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005223kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5224address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5225format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005228Standalone HOWTO:
5229=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5232run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5233U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237"Hello World" Demo:
5238-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005240'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5241application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5242It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5243like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245 => loads
5246 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5247 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5248 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5249 [file transfer complete]
5250 [connected]
5251 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5254 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5255 Hello World
5256 argc = 7
5257 argv[0] = "40004"
5258 argv[1] = "Hello"
5259 argv[2] = "World!"
5260 argv[3] = "This"
5261 argv[4] = "is"
5262 argv[5] = "a"
5263 argv[6] = "test."
5264 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5265 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5270handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5271Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5272The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5273character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5274controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5277 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5278 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5279 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 => loads
5282 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5283 ~>examples/timer.srec
5284 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5285 [file transfer complete]
5286 [connected]
5287 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289 => go 40004
5290 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5291 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5292 Using timer 1
5293 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295Hit 'b':
5296 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5297 Enabling timer
5298Hit '?':
5299 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5300 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5301Hit '?':
5302 [q, b, e, ?] .
5303 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5304Hit '?':
5305 [q, b, e, ?] .
5306 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5307Hit '?':
5308 [q, b, e, ?] .
5309 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5310Hit 'e':
5311 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5312Hit 'q':
5313 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
5315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316Minicom warning:
5317================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5320"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5321consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5322Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5323especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005324use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5325http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5326for help with kermit.
5327
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5330configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5333 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5334 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005335
5336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005337NetBSD Notes:
5338=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5341(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5344NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5345need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5346Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5347attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5348missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005350 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5351 # mkdir powerpc
5352 # ln -s powerpc machine
5353 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5354 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5357and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005359Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5360stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5361proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5362tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005363meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005364
5365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366Implementation Internals:
5367=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5370implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5371inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5372hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005373
5374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375Initial Stack, Global Data:
5376---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005378The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5379starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5380system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5381This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5382is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5383at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5384options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5385models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5386MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5387locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005388
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005389 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005390 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005392 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5393 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5394 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5395 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5398 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5399 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5400 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5401 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005402 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5404 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5407 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005408 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5410 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5411 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5412 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005414 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5416 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005417 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005418 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5419 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5420 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5421 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5422 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 -Chris Hallinan
5425 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5428code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005430* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5431 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005433* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5435 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5438 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5441normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5442turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5443simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5444functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5445functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5446the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5447place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5448reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5451relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5452GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5455 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005456 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005457 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5458 R5-R10: parameter passing
5459 R13: small data area pointer
5460 R30: GOT pointer
5461 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005462
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005463 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5464 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5465 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005466
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005467 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5470 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5471 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5472 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5473 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5474 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005475
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005476On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005477 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5478
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005479 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483 R0: function argument word/integer result
5484 R1-R3: function argument word
5485 R9: GOT pointer
5486 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5487 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5488 R12: temporary workspace
5489 R13: stack pointer
5490 R14: link register
5491 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005493 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005495On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5496 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5497
5498 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5499
5500 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5501 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5502
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005503On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5504
5505 R0-R1: argument/return
5506 R2-R5: argument
5507 R15: temporary register for assembler
5508 R16: trampoline register
5509 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5510 R29: global pointer (GP)
5511 R30: link register (LP)
5512 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5513 PC: program counter (PC)
5514
5515 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5516
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005517NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5518or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520Memory Management:
5521------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5524MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005526The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5527controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5528memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5529physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5532TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5533booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5534to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005535memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5537Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005539Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5540of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005542So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5543this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5546 :
5547 0x0000 1FFF
5548 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5549 :
5550 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552 :
5553 :
5554 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5555 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5556 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5557 :
5558 0x00FD FFFF
5559 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5560 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5561 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5562 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005563
5564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565System Initialization:
5566----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005568In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005569(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5571To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5572To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5573initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5574which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5575part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5576the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5579preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5580(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5581on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5582programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5583simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5584banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005586When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5587different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5588bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
55890x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5590contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5593and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5594Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5595pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5598until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5599running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5600new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601
5602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603U-Boot Porting Guide:
5604----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5607list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
5609
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005610int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611{
5612 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005613
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005614 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5615 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005618 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619 return 0;
5620 }
5621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622 Download latest U-Boot source;
5623
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005624 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005626 if (clueless)
5627 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005629 while (learning) {
5630 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005631 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5632 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005634 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005635 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005637 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5638 Buy a BDI3000;
5639 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005641
5642 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5643 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5644 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5645 } else {
5646 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5647 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005649 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5650 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005652 while (!accepted) {
5653 while (!running) {
5654 do {
5655 Add / modify source code;
5656 } until (compiles);
5657 Debug;
5658 if (clueless)
5659 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5660 }
5661 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5662 if (reasonable critiques)
5663 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5664 else
5665 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668 return 0;
5669}
5670
5671void no_more_time (int sig)
5672{
5673 hire_a_guru();
5674}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
5676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005677Coding Standards:
5678-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005681coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005682"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005683
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005684Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5685MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5686reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5687sources.
5688
5689Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5690Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5691in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692
5693Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5694- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005695- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005697- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5699
5700Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5701with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
5703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704Submitting Patches:
5705-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005707Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5708establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5709may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005710
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005711Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005712
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005713Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5714see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5717it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5720 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5721 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5724 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5727
5728* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5729
5730* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005731 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732
5733* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5734 document these in the README file.
5735
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005736* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5737 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005738 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005739 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5740 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005742 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5743 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5744 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005746 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5747 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5748 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5749 affected files).
5750
5751 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5752 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005753
5754* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5755 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5756
5757* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5758 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5759
5760
5761Notes:
5762
5763* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5764 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5765 for any of the boards.
5766
5767* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5768 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5769 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5770
5771* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5772 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5773 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5774 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5775 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5776 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005777
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005778* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5779 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5780 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5781 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.